LG | 42CS560 | LG 42CS560,32CS560,47CS560,32CS5600,47CS5600 دفترچه ی راهنما

OWNER’S MANUAL
LCD TV
Please read this manual carefully before operating
your set and retain it for future reference.
CS56**
P/NO : MFL67466611 (1205-REV03)
Printed in Korea
www.lg.com
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ENGLISH
ENG
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
25
TROUBLESHOOTING
3
LICENSES
26
SPECIFICATIONS
3
OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE NOTICE
4
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
10
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
10
ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
10
13
14
15
15
16
18
18
Unpacking
Parts and buttons
Lifting and moving the TV
Setting up the TV
Tidying cables
Mounting on a table
Mounting on a wall
Not using the Desk Type stand
19
MAKING CONNECTIONS
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
22
22
Antenna connection
HDMI connection
DVI to HDMI connection
Component connection
Composite connection
RGB-PC connection
USB connection
Audio connection
- Digital optical audio connection
23
REMOTE CONTROL
24
USING THE USER GUIDE
25
MAINTENANCE
25
25
25
Cleaning your TV
- Screen, frame, cabinet and stand
- Power cord
WARNING
yy If you ignore the warning message, you
may be seriously injured or there is a
possibility of accident or death.
CAUTION
yy If you ignore the caution message, you may
be slightly injured or the product may be
damaged.
NOTE
yy The note helps you understand and use
the product safely. Please read the note
carefully before using the product.
LICENSES / OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE NOTICE
3
Supported licenses may differ by model. For more information about licenses, visit www.lg.com.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or
registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX® is a digital video format created by DivX, LLC, a
subsidiary of Rovi Corporation. This is an official DivX Certified® device that plays
DivX video. Visit divx.com for more information and software tools to convert your
files into DivX video.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified® device must be registered
in order to play purchased DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) movies. To obtain your
registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in your device setup menu. Go to vod.
divx.com for more information on how to complete your registration.
“DivX Certified® to play DivX® video up to HD 1080p, including premium content.”
“DivX®, DivX Certified® and associated logos are trademarks of Rovi Corporation or
its subsidiaries and are used under license.”
“Covered by one or more of the following U.S. patents : 7,295,673; 7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274”
OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE NOTICE
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL and other open source licenses, that is contained in this
product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com .
In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are
available for download.
LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of
performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping and handling) upon email request to
opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for three (3) years from the date on which you purchased the
product.
ENGLISH
ENG
LICENSES
4
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
ENGLISH
ENG
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Please read these safety precautions carefully before using the product.
WARNING
Do not place the TV and remote control in the following environments:
yy
--A location exposed to direct sunlight
--An area with high humidity such as a bathroom
--Near any heat source such as stoves and other devices that produce heat
--Near kitchen counters or humidifiers where they can easily be exposed to steam
or oil
--An area exposed to rain or wind
--Near containers of water such as vases
Otherwise, this may result in fire, electric shock, malfunction or product deformation.
Do not place the product where it might be exposed to dust. y
yy
This may cause a fire hazard.
Mains plug is the disconnecting device. The plug must remain readily operable.
yy
Do not touch the power plug with wet hands. Additionally, if the cord pin is wet or
yy
covered with dust, dry the power plug completely or wipe dust off. y
You may be electrocuted due to excess moisture.
Make sure to connect the power cable to the grounded current. (Except for devices
yy
which are not grounded.)
You may be electrocuted or injured.
Fix the power cable completely. y
yy
If the power cable is not fixed completely, a fire can break out.
Ensure the power cord does not come into contact with hot objects such as a
yy
heater. y
This may cause a fire or an electric shock hazard.
Do not place a heavy object, or the product itself, on power cables. y
yy
Otherwise, this may result in fire or electric shock.
Bend antenna cable between inside and outside building to prevent rain from
yy
flowing in. y
This may cause water damaged inside the Product and could give an electric
shock.
When mounting a TV it on the wall, make sure not to install TV by hanging power
yy
and signal cables on the back of the TV. y
It may cause fire, electric shock.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Do not drop the product or let it fall over when connecting external devices. y
yy
Otherwise, this may result in injury or damage to the product.
Keep the packing anti-moisture material or vinyl packing out of the reach of
yy
children. y
Anti-moisture material is harmful if swallowed. If swallowed by mistake, force the
patient to vomit and visit the nearest hospital. Additionally, vinyl packing can cause
suffocation. Keep it out of the reach of children.
Do not let your children climb or cling onto the TV. y
yy
Otherwise, the TV may fall over, which may cause serious injury.
Dispose of used batteries carefully to protect a child from eating them.y
yy
Please seek Doctor- Medical Attention immediately if child consumes batteries.
Do not insert any metal objects/conductors (like a metal chopstick/cutlery/
yy
screwdriver) between power cable plug and input Wall Socket while it is connected
to the input terminal on the wall. Additionally, do not touch the power cable right
after plugging into the wall input terminal.y
You may be electrocuted.y
(Depending on model)
Do not put or store inflammable substances near the product. There is a danger
yy
of combustion/explosion or fire due to careless handling of the inflammable
substances.
Do not drop metallic objects such as coins, hair pins, chopsticks or wire into the
yy
product, or inflammable objects such as paper and matches. Children must pay
particular attention. y
Electrical shock, fire or injury can occur. If a foreign object is dropped into the
product, unplug the power cord and contact the service centre.
Do not spray water on the product or scrub with an inflammable substance (thinner
yy
or benzene). Fire or electric shock accident can occur.
Do not allow a impact shock or any objects to fall into the product, and do not drop
yy
onto the screen with something. y
You may be injured or the product can be damaged.
Never touch this product or antenna during a thunder or lighting storm. y
yy
You may be electrocuted.
Never touch the wall outlet when there is leakage of gas, open the windows and
yy
ventilate. y
It may cause a fire or a burn by a spark.
ENGLISH
ENG
Do not plug too many electrical devices into a single multiple electrical outlet. y
yy
Otherwise, this may result in fire due to over-heating.
5
6
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
ENGLISH
ENG
Do not disassemble, repair or modify the product at your own discretion. y
yy
Fire or electric shock accident can occur. y
Contact the service center for check, calibration or repair.
If any of the following occur, unplug the product immediately and contact your local
yy
service centre.
--The product has been impacted by shock
--The product has been damaged
--Foreign objects have entered the product
--The product produced smoke or a strange smell
This may result in fire or electric shock.
If you don’t intend to use the product for a long time, unplug the power cable from
yy
the product. y
Covering dust can cause a fire, or insulation deterioration can cause electric
leakage, electric shock or fire.
Apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with
yy
liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Install the product where no radio wave occurs.
yy
There should be enough distance between an outside antenna and power lines to
yy
keep the former from touching the latter even when the antenna falls. y
This may cause an electric shock.
Do not install the product on places such as unstable shelves or inclined surfaces.
yy
Also avoid places where there is vibration or where the product cannot be fully
supported. y
Otherwise, the product may fall or flip over, which may cause injury or damage to
the product.
If you install the TV on a stand, you need to take actions to prevent the product
yy
from overturning. Otherwise, the product may fall over, which may cause injury.
If you intend to mount the product to a wall, attach VESA standard mounting interface (optional
yy
parts) to the back of the product. When you install the set to use the wall mounting bracket (optional
parts), fix it carefully so as not to drop.
Only use the attachments / accessories specified by the manufacturer.
yy
When installing the antenna, consult a qualified service man. y
yy
This may create a fire hazard or an electric shock hazard.
We recommend that you maintain a distance of at least 5 to 7 times the diagonal
yy
screen size when watching TV. y
If you watch TV for a long period of time, this may cause blurred vision.
Only use the specified type of battery. y
yy
This could cause damage to the remote control.
Do not mix new batteries with old batteries. y
yy
This may cause the batteries to overheat and leak.
Make sure there are no objects between the remote control and its sensor.
yy
Signal from the remote control may be disturbed by sun light or other strong light.
yy
In this case, darken the room.
When connecting external devices such as video game consoles, make sure the
yy
connecting cables are long enough. y
Otherwise, the product may fall over, which may cause injury or damage the
product.
ENGLISH
ENG
CAUTION
7
8
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
ENGLISH
ENG
Do not turn the product On/Off by plugging-in or unplugging the power plug to the
yy
wall outlet. (Do not use the power plug for switch.) y
It may cause mechanical failure or could give an electric shock.
Please follow the installation instructions below to prevent the product from
yy
overheating.
--The distance between the product and the wall should be more than 10 cm.
--Do not install the product in a place with no ventilation (e.g., on a bookshelf or in
a cupboard).
--Do not install the product on a carpet or cushion.
--Make sure the air vent is not blocked by a tablecloth or curtain.
Otherwise, this may result in fire.
Take care not to touch the ventilation openings when watching the TV for long
yy
periods as the ventilation openings may become hot. This does not affect the
operation or performance of the product.
Periodically examine the cord of your appliance, and if its appearance indicates damage or
yy
deterioration, unplug it, discontinue use of the appliance, and have the cord replaced with an exact
replacement part by an authorized servicer.
Prevent dust collecting on the power plug pins or outlet. y
yy
This may cause a fire hazard.
Protect the power cord from physical or mechanical abuse, such as being twisted,
yy
kinked, pinched, closed in a door, or walked upon. Pay particular attention to plugs,
wall outlets, and the point where the cord exits the appliance.
Do not press strongly upon the panel with a hand or sharp object such as nail,
yy
pencil or pen, or make a scratch on it.
Avoid touching the screen or holding your finger(s) against it for long periods of
yy
time. Doing so may produce some temporary distortion effects on the screen.
When cleaning the product and its components, unplug the power first and wipe it
yy
with a soft cloth. Applying excessive force may cause scratches or discolouration.
Do not spray with water or wipe with a wet cloth. Never use glass cleaner, car or
industrial shiner, abrasives or wax, benzene, alcohol etc., which can damage the
product and its panel. y
Otherwise, this may result in fire, electric shock or product damage (deformation,
corrosion or breakage).
As long as this unit is connected to the AC wall outlet, it is not disconnected from the AC power
yy
source even if you turn off this unit by SWITCH.
When unplugging the cable, grab the plug and unplug it. y
yy
If the wires inside the power cable are disconnected, this may cause fire.
When moving the product, make sure you turn the power off first. Then, unplug the
yy
power cables, antenna cables and all connecting cables. y
The TV set or power cord may be damaged, which may create a fire hazard or
cause electric shock.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Contact the service center once a year to clean the internal parts of the product. y
yy
Accumulated dust can cause mechanical failure.
Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Servicing is required when the
yy
apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power supply cord or plug is
damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, the
apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate normally, or has
been dropped.
If the product feels cold to the touch, there may be a small “flicker” when it is turned
yy
on. This is normal, there is nothing wrong with product.
The panel is a high technology TFT product with resolution of two million to six
yy
million pixels. You may see tiny black dots and/or brightly coloured dots (red, blue
or green) at a size of 1 ppm on the panel. This does not indicate a malfunction and
does not affect the performance and reliability of the product. y
This phenomenon also occurs in third-party products and is not subject to
exchange or refund.
You may find different brightness and colour of the panel depending on your
yy
viewing position(left/right/top/down). y
This phenomenon occurs due to the characteristic of the panel. It is not related with
the product performance, and it is not malfunction.
Displaying a still image (e.g., broadcasting channel logo, on-screen menu, scene from a video
yy
game) for a prolonged time may cause damage to the screen, resulting in retention of the image,
which is known as image sticking. The warranty does not cover the product for image sticking. y
Avoid displaying a fixed image on your television’s screen for a prolonged period (2 or more hours
for LCD, 1 or more hours for Plasma). y
Also, if you watch the TV at a ratio of 4:3 for a long time, image sticking may occur on the borders of
the panel. y
This phenomenon also occurs in third-party products and is not subject to exchange or refund.
yyGenerated Sound
“Cracking” noise: A cracking noise that occurs when watching or turning off the TV is generated by
plastic thermal contraction due to tempera-ture and humidity. This noise is common for products
where thermal deformation is required. Electrical circuit humming/panel buzzing: A low level noise is
generated from a high-speed switching circuit, which supplies a large amount of current to operate a
product. It varies depend-ing on the product. y
This generated sound does not affect the performance and reliability of the product.
ENGLISH
ENG
When moving or unpacking the product, work in pairs because the product is
yy
heavy. y
Otherwise, this may result in injury.
9
10 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE / ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
ENGLISH
ENG
NOTE
yy Image shown may differ from your TV.
yy Your TV’s OSD (On Screen Display) may differ slightly from that shown in this manual.
yy The available menus and options may differ from the input source or product model that you are
using.
yy New features may be added to this TV in the future.
yy The TV can be placed in standby mode in order to reduce the power consumption. And the TV should
be turned off if it will not be watched for some time, as this will reduce energy consumption.
yy The energy consumed during use can be significantly reduced if the level of brightness of the picture
is reduced, and this will reduce the overall running cost.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1
2
3
4
Open the package and make sure all the accessories are included.
Attach the stand to the TV set.
Connect an external device to the TV set.
Make sure the network connection is available.y
You can use the TV network functions only when the network connection is made.
ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
Unpacking
Check your product box for the following items. If there are any missing accessories, contact the local
dealer where you purchased your product. The illustrations in this manual may differ from the actual
product and item.
CAUTION
yy Do not use any unapproved items to ensure the safety and product life span.
yy Any damages or injuries by using unapproved items are not covered by the manufacturer’s warranty.
yy Some models have a thin film attached on to the screen and this must not be removed.
NOTE
yy The items supplied with your product may vary depending on the model.
yy Product specifications or contents of this manual may be changed without prior notice due to upgrade
of product functions.
yy For an optimal connection, HDMI cables and USB devices should have bezels less than 10 mm thick
and 18 mm width. Use an extension cable that supports USB 2.0 if the USB cable or USB memory
stick does not fit into your TV’s USB port.
B
B
A
A
*A <
= 10 mm
*B <
= 18 mm
ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
Owner’s manual
Polishing cloth
(Depending on model)
Use this to remove dust
from the cabinet.
Power Cord
Stand Screws
8 EA, M4 x 20
(See p. 15)
Desk-mount Screw
(Only 32/37/42CS56**)
(See p. 16)
Isolator
(Depending on model)
(See p.12)
Protection cover
(See p. 18)
Stand Body / Stand Base
(See p. 15)
ENGLISH
ENG
or
Remote control and
batteries (AAA)
(See p. 23)
11
12 ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
ENGLISH
ENG
CAUTION
yy Power Cord Installation Guide
-- If the power cord provided with TV looks like the below picture, please ensure that it is inserted in
the right direction.y
TV
Power Cord
Correct
Wrong
NOTE
yy Antenna Isolator Installation Guide
-- Use this to install TV in a place where there is a voltage difference between TV Set and GND of
antenna signal.
»» If there is a voltage difference between TV Set and GND of antenna signal, the antenna contact
might be heated and excessive heat might cause an accident.
-- You can improve the safety when watching TV by efficiently removing power voltage from TV
antenna. It is recommended to mount the isolator to the wall. If it cannot be mounted to the wall,
mount it on the TV. Avoid disconnecting the antenna Isolator after installation.
-- Before starting, be sure that the TV antenna is connected.
1. Connect to TV.
Wall
ANTENNA/
CABLE IN
Cable / Antenna
or
Isolator
2. Connect to Set-Top box.
Connect one end of the isolator to cable/antenna jack and the other to TV set or set-top box.
“Equipment connected to the protective earthing of the building installation through the mains connection
or through other equipment with a connection to protective earthing - and to a cable distribution system
using coaxial cable, may in some circumstances create a fire hazard. Connection to a cable distribution
system has therefore to be provided through a device providing electrical isolation below a certain
frequency range (galvanic isolator, see EN 60728-11)”
When applying the RF Isolator, a slight loss of signal sensitivity can occur.
ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
ENGLISH
ENG
Parts and buttons
Screen
Remote control andy
intelligent sensors1
Power indicator
Speakers
OK
Touch
Button
SETTINGS
INPUT
Touch buttons2
Description
Scrolls through the saved programmes.
H
Adjusts the volume level.
H
13
OK
Selects the highlighted menu option or confirms an input.
SETTINGS
Accesses the main menu, or saves your input and exits the menus.
INPUT
Changes the input source.
/I
Turns the power on or off.
1 Intelligent sensor - Adjusts the image quality and brightness based on the surrounding environment.
2 All of the buttons are touch sensitive and can be operated through simple touch with your finger.
NOTE
yy You can set the power indicator light to on or off by selecting OPTION in the main menus.
14 ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
ENGLISH
ENG
Lifting and moving the TV
Please note the following advice to prevent the
TV from being scratched or damaged and for safe
transportation regardless of its type and size.
yy When transporting a large TV, there should be
at least 2 people.
yy When transporting the TV by hand, hold the TV
as shown in the following illustration.y
CAUTION
yy Avoid touching the screen at all times, as
this may result in damage to the screen.
yy It is recommended to move the TV in the box
or packing material that the TV originally came
in.
yy Before moving or lifting the TV, disconnect the
power cord and all cables.
yy When holding the TV, the screen should face
away from you to avoid damage.y
yy Hold the top and bottom of the TV frame firmly.
Make sure not to hold the transparent part,
speaker, or speaker grill area.y
yy When transporting the TV, do not expose the
TV to jolts or excessive vibration.
yy When transporting the TV, keep the TV upright,
never turn the TV on its side or tilt towards the
left or right.
ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
CAUTION
1
M4 x 20
Stand Body
4EA
Front
yy When attaching the stand to the TV
set, place the screen facing down on a
cushioned table or flat surface to protect the
screen from scratches.
yy Make sure that the screws are inserted
correctly and fastened securely. (If they are
not fastened securely enough, the TV may
tilt forward after being installed.)y
Do not use too much force and over tighten
the screws; otherwise screw may be
damaged and not tighten correctly.
NOTE
Stand Base
yy Remove the stand before installing the TV
on a wall mount by performing the stand
attachment in reverse.
Top View
2
3
Tidying cables
1 Use Cable Management to neatly secure and
position cables together.
2 Fix the Cable Management firmly to the TV.
M4 x 20
4EA
Cable Management
ENGLISH
ENG
Setting up the TV
15
16 ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
ENGLISH
ENG
Mounting on a table
1 Lift and tilt the TV into its upright position on a
table.
-- Leave a 10 cm (minimum) space from the
wall for proper ventilation.
Adjusting the angle of the TV to suit view
Swivel 20 degrees to the left or right and adjust the
angle of the TV to suit your view.
20
20
10 cm
10 cm
m
10 c
10 cm
2 Connect the power cord to a wall outlet.
CAUTION
yy Do not place the TV near or on sources
of heat, as this may result in fire or other
damage.
Securing the TV to a table
Fix the TV to a table to prevent from tilting forward,
damage, and potential injury.
(Only 32/37/42CS56**)
To secure the TV to a table, insert and tighten the
supplied screw on the rear of the stand.
WARNING
yy To prevent TV from falling over, the TV
should be securely attached to the floor/
wall per installation instructions. Tipping,
shaking, or rocking the TV may cause injury.
CAUTION
yy When adjusting the angle of the product,
watch out for your fingers.
-- Personal injury may occur if hands or
fingers are pinched. If the product is tilted
too much, it may fall, causing damage or
injury.
ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
(This feature is not available for all models.)
Using the Kensington security system
(This feature is not available for all models.)
The Kensington security system connector is
located at the rear of the TV. For more information
of installation and using, refer to the manual
provided with the Kensington security system or
visit
.
Connect the Kensington security system cable
between the TV and a table.
1 Insert and tighten the eye-bolts, or TV brackets
and bolts on the back of the TV.
-- If there are bolts inserted at the eye-bolts
position, remove the bolts first.
2 Mount the wall brackets with the bolts to the
wall.y
Match the location of the wall bracket and the
eye-bolts on the rear of the TV.
3 Connect the eye-bolts and wall brackets tightly
with a sturdy rope.y
Make sure to keep the rope horizontal with the
flat surface.
CAUTION
yy Make sure that children do not climb on or
hang on the TV.
NOTE
yy Use a platform or cabinet that is strong and
large enough to support the TV securely.
yy Brackets, bolts and ropes are not provided.
You can obtain additional accessories from
your local dealer.
ENGLISH
ENG
Securing the TV to a wall
17
18 ASSEMBLING AND PREPARING
ENGLISH
ENG
Mounting on a wall
Attach an optional wall mount bracket at the rear
of the TV carefully and install the wall mount
bracket on a solid wall perpendicular to the
floor. When you attach the TV to other building
materials, please contact qualified personnel.
LG recommends that wall mounting be performed
by a qualified professional installer.
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
yy Disconnect the power first, and then move
or install the TV. Otherwise electric shock
may occur.
yy If you install the TV on a ceiling or slanted
wall, it may fall and result in severe injury.y
Use an authorized LG wall mount and
contact the local dealer or qualified
personnel.
yy Do not over tighten the screws as this may
cause damage to the TV and void your
warranty.
yy Use the screws and wall mounts that meet
the VESA standard. Any damages or injuries
by misuse or using an improper accessory
are not covered by the manufacturer’s
warranty.
NOTE
10 cm
Make sure to use screws and wall mount
bracket that meet the VESA standard. Standard
dimensions for the wall mount kits are described in
the following table.
Separate purchase (Wall Mounting Bracket)
Model
VESA (A x B)
Standard
screw
Number of
screws
Wall mount
bracket
CAUTION
32CS56**
200 x 100
M4
37/42/47CS56**
200 x 200
M6
4
4
LSW100B
LSW200BX
LSW220BX
yy Use the screws that are listed on the VESA
standard screw specifications.
yy The wall mount kit includes an installation
manual and necessary parts.
yy The wall mount bracket is not provided. You
can obtain additional accessories from your
local dealer.
yy The length of screws may differ depending
on the wall mount. Make sure to use the
proper length.
yy For more information, refer to the manual
supplied with the wall mount.
Not using the Desk Type
stand
Push the supplied Protection cover into the
opening at the bottom of the TV until clicking
sound.y
A
B
Protection Cover
MAKING CONNECTIONS
Antenna connection
Connect the TV to a wall antenna socket with an
RF cable (75 Ω).
This section on MAKING CONNECTIONS mainly
uses diagrams for the 32/37/42/47CS56** models.
Connect various external devices to the TV
and switch input modes to select an external
device. For more information of external device’s
connection, refer to the manual provided with each
device.
Available external devices are: HD receivers,
DVD players, VCRs, audio systems, USB storage
devices, PC, gaming devices, and other external
devices.
ANTENNA /
CABLE IN
NOTE
yy The external device connection may differ
from the model.
yy Connect external devices to the TV
regardless of the order of the TV port.
yy If you record a TV program on a DVD
recorder or VCR, make sure to connect the
TV signal input cable to the TV through a
DVD recorder or VCR. For more information
of recording, refer to the manual provided
with the connected device.
yy Refer to the external equipment’s manual for
operating instructions.
yy If you connect a gaming device to the TV,
use the cable supplied with the gaming
device.
yy In PC mode, there may be noise associated
with the resolution, vertical pattern, contrast
or brightness. If noise is present, change
the PC output to another resolution, change
the refresh rate to another rate or adjust the
brightness and contrast on the PICTURE
menu until the picture is clear.
yy In PC mode, some resolution settings may
not work properly depending on the graphics
card.
NOTE
yy Use a signal splitter to use more than 2 TVs.
yy If the image quality is poor, install a signal
amplifier properly to improve the image
quality.
yy If the image quality is poor with an antenna
connected, try to realign the antenna in the
correct direction.
yy An antenna cable and converter are not
supplied.
ENGLISH
ENG
MAKING
CONNECTIONS
19
20 MAKING CONNECTIONS
DVI to HDMI connection
Transmits the digital video and audio signals from
an external device to the TV. Connect the external
device and the TV with the HDMI cable as shown.
Transmits the digital video signal from an external
device to the TV. Connect the external device and
the TV with the DVI-HDMI cable as shown. To
transmit an audio signal, connect an audio cable.
Choose any HDMI input port to connect. It does
not matter which port you use.
Choose any HDMI input port to connect. It does
not matter which port you use.
3
ENGLISH
ENG
HDMI connection
AUDIO IN
(RGB/DVI)
/ DVI IN
1
2
/ DVI IN
1
2
(*Not Provided)
(*Not Provided)
HDMI
DVD/ Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box / HD STB / PC
NOTE
yy It is recommended to use the HDMI
connection for the best image quality.
yy Use the latest High Speed HDMI™ Cable
with CEC (Customer Electronics Control)
function.
yy High Speed HDMI™ Cables are tested to
carry an HD signal up to 1080p and higher.
yy DTV Audio supported Codec: MPEG, Dolby
Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, HE-AAC
yy HDMI Audio supported format : Dolby
Digital, PCM (Up to 192 KHz, 32k/44.1k/48k
/88k/96k/176k/192k) → DTS Not supported
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
DVD/ Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box / PC
NOTE
yy Depending on the graphics card, DOS mode
video may not work if a HDMI to DVI Cable
is in use.
MAKING CONNECTIONS
21
Composite connection
Transmits analog video and audio signals from an
external device to the TV. Connect the external
device and the TV with a component cable as
shown.
Transmits analog video and audio signals from an
external device to the TV. Connect the external
device and the TV with th e composite cable as
shown.
AV IN
VIDEO
L/MONO AUDIO R
AV IN
VIDEO
2
L/MONO AUDIO R
2
Y
PB
PR
L
R
Y
PR
L
AUDIO
VIDEO
COMPONENT IN
(*Not Provided)
VIDEO
RED
L
RED
WHITE
RED
BLUE
GREEN
VIDEO
WHITE
YELLOW
(*Not Provided)
L
R
RED
RED
WHITE
RED
BLUE
GREEN
AUDIO
VIDEO
COMPONENT IN
PB
WHITE
1
YELLOW
1
R
AUDIO
R
AUDIO
VCR / DVD / Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box
DVD / Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box
NOTE
yy If cables are installed incorrectly, it could
case the image to display in black and white
or with distorted colour.
ENGLISH
ENG
Component connection
22 MAKING CONNECTIONS
Audio connection
Transmits the video signal from PC to the TV. To
transmit an audio signal, connect an audio cable.
You may use an optional external audio system
instead of the built-in speaker.
AUDIO IN
(RGB/DVI)
NOTE
yy If you use an optional external audio device
instead of the built-in speaker, set the TV
speaker feature to off.
RGB IN (PC)
Digital optical audio connection
Transmits a digital audio signal from the TV to an
external device. Connect the external device and
the TV with the optical audio cable as shown.
(*Not Provided)
OPTICAL
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
RGB OUT (PC)
AUDIO OUT
PC
(*Not Provided)
USB connection
Connect a USB storage device such as s USB
flash memory, external hard drive or a USB
memory card reader to the TV and access the My
media menu to use various multimedia files.
USB IN
ENGLISH
ENG
RGB-PC connection
OPTICAL
AUDIO IN
Digital Audio System
NOTE
yy Do not look into the optical output port.
Looking at the laser beam may damage
your vision.
yy Audio with ACP (Audio Copy Protection)
function may block digital audio output.
USB device
(*Not Provided)
REMOTE CONTROL
The descriptions in this manual are based on the buttons on the remote control.
Please read this manual carefully and use the TV correctly.
To replace batteries, open the battery cover, replace batteries (1.5 V AAA) matching
the
and
ends to the label inside the compartment, and close the battery cover.
To remove the batteries, perform the installation actions in reverse.
CAUTION
yy Do not mix old and new batteries, as this may damage the remote control.
yy In Analogue TV and some countries, some remote control buttons may not work.
Make sure to point the remote control toward the remote control sensor on the TV.
Adjusts the brightness of the screen to reduce energy
consumption.
Selects Radio, TV and DTV programme.
Shows programme guide.
Views the information of the current programme
and screen.
Navigation buttons
(up/down/left/right)
1
2
3
1 Coloured buttons
2 Control buttons
(
3 TELETEXT
BUTTONS
)
Resizes an image.
Changes the input source.
Accesses the saved programme list.
Returns to the previously viewed programme.
Accesses the main menus.
Accesses the Quick menus.
Scrolls through menus or options.
Moves to the previous or next screen.
Returns to the previous level.
Clears on-screen displays and return to TV viewing.
Accesses your favourite programme list.
Accesses the AV devices connected with the HDMI
cable through HDMI-CEC.
Opens the SIMPLINK menu.
Moves to the previous or next screen.
These access special functions in some menus.
( : Red,
: Green,
: Yellow,
: Blue)
Controls the MY MEDIA menus, or the SIMPLINK
compatible devices (USB,SIMPLINK).
Recalls your preferred subtitle in digital mode.
These buttons are used for teletext.
ENGLISH
ENG
REMOTE CONTROL
23
24 USINGyTHEyUSERyGUIDE
ENGLISH
ENG
USING THE USER GUIDE
UseryGuideyallowsyyouytoymoreyeasilyyaccessytheydetailedyTVyinformation.
1y PressySETTINGSytoyaccessytheymainymenus.
2y PressytheyREDybuttonytoyaccessytheyCustomer
Supportymenus.
3y PressytheyNavigationybuttonsytoyscrollytoyUser
GuideyandypressyOK.
UseryGuide
1
PROGRAMMEySetting
PICTURE,ySOUNDySetting
OPTION
OPTIONy>yToysetylanguage
SETTINGy y yOPTIONy yLanguage
Youycanyselectytheylanguageyofytheymenuydisplayedyonytheyscreenyandythey
digitalysoundybroadcasting.
yyyMenuyLanguagey:ySelectsyaylanguageyforytheydisplayytext.
yyyAudioyLanguageyyy[InyDigitalyModeyOnly]y:ySelectytheydesiredylanguagey
whenywatchingydigitalybroadcastingycontaingyseveraly
voiceylanguages.
yyySubtitleyLanguageyy[InyDigitalyModeyOnly]y:yUseytheySubtitleyfunctionywheny
twoyorymoreysubtitleylanguagesyareybroadcast.
y yyIfysubtitleydatayinyayselectedylanguageyisynotybroadcast,ytheydefaultylanguageysubtitleywillybeydisplayed.
AdvabcedyFunction
Information
PICTURE
AUDIO
SETUP
TIME
LOCK
OPTION
NETWORK
MYyMEDIA
PressyOK()ytoysetyyourypictureysettings.
CustomerySupport
2
ZoomyIn
Close
SETTINGy y yOPTIONy yLanguage
Youycanyselectytheylanguageyofytheymenuydisplayedyonytheyscreenyandythey
digitalysoundybroadcasting.
yyyMenuyLanguagey:ySelectsyaylanguageyforytheydisplayytext.
yyyAudioyLanguageyyy[InyDigitalyModeyOnly]y:yelectytheydesiredylanguageywheny
watchingydigitalybroadcastingycontaingyseveralyvoicey
languages.
yyySubtitleyLanguageyy[InyDigitalyModeyOnly]y:yUseytheySubtitleyfunctionywheny
twoyorymoreysubtitleylanguagesyareybroadcast.
y yyIfysubtitleydatayinyayselectedylanguageyisynotybroadcast,ytheydefaultylanguageysubtitleywillybeydisplayed.
Exit
SoftwareyUpdate
PictureyTest
2
SoundyTest
SignalyTest
ZoomyOut
Close
Product/ServiceyInfo.
NetworkyTest
UseryGuide
Close
UseryGuide
3
2
Toyuseyinputydevice
ToyuseyEnergyySavingyfeature
PROGRAMMEySetting
Toysetytimeyoptions
PICTURE,ySOUNDySetting
OPTION
ToysetyTVylockyoptions
Toysetylanguage
AdvabcedyFunction
Toysetycountry
Information
1
Toysetysubtitle
1
Allowsytoyselectytheycategoryyyouywant.
2
Allowsytoyselectytheyitemyyouywant.
Youycanyusey
ytoymoveybetweenypages.
H
3
Allowsytoybrowseytheydescriptionyofythey
functionyyouywantyfromytheyindex.
1
Showsytheydescriptionyofytheyselectedymenu.
ytoymoveybetweenypages.
Youycanyusey
H
2
Zoomsyinyoryoutytheyscreen.
MAINTENANCE / TROUBLESHOOTING
25
Cleaning your TV
Clean your TV regularly to keep the best performance and to extend the product lifespan.
CAUTION
yy Make sure to turn the power off and disconnect the power cord and all other cables first.
yy When the TV is left unattended and unused for a long time, disconnect the power cord from the wall
outlet to prevent possible damage from lightning or power surges.y
Screen, frame, cabinet and stand
yy To remove dust or light dirt, wipe the surface with a dry, clean, and soft cloth.
yy To remove major dirt, wipe the surface with a soft cloth dampened in clean water or a diluted mild
detergent. Then wipe immediately with a dry cloth.
CAUTION
yy Avoid touching the screen at all times, as this may result in damage to the screen.
yy Do not push, rub, or hit the screen surface with your fingernail or a sharp object, as this may result in
scratches and image distortions.
yy Do not use any chemicals as this may damage the product.
yy Do not spray liquid onto the surface. If water enters the TV, it may result in fire, electric shock, or
malfunction.y
Power cord
Remove the accumulated dust or dirt on the power cord regularly.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Problem
Solution
Cannot control
the TV with the
remote control.
yy Check the remote control sensor on the product and try again.
yy Check if there is any obstacle between the product and the remote control.
yy Check if the batteries are still working and properly installed ( to , to ).
No image display
and no sound is
produced.
yy Check if the product is turned on.
yy Check if the power cord is connected to a wall outlet.
yy Check if there is a problem in the wall outlet by connecting other products.
The TV turns off
suddenly.
yy Check the power control settings. The power supply may be interrupted.
yy Check if the Auto sleep feature is activated in the Time settings.
yy If there is no signal while the TV is on, the TV will turn off automatically after
15 minutes of inactivity.
When connecting
to the PC (RGB/
HDMI DVI),
‘No signal’ or
‘Invalid Format’ is
displayed.
yy Turn the TV off/on using the remote control.
yy Reconnect the RGB/HDMI cable.
yy Restart the PC with the TV on.
ENGLISH
ENG
MAINTENANCE
26 SPECIFICATIONS
ENGLISH
ENG
SPECIFICATIONS
Product specifications may be changed without prior notice due to upgrade of product functions.
For the power supply and power consumption, refer to the label attached to the product.
32CS56**
MODELS
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Weight
With stand (mm)
Without stand (mm) 795.0 x 504.0 x 73.5
9.2
With stand (kg)
Without stand (kg)
Power requirement
MODELS
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Weight
32CS560-TD
32CS560Y-TD
795.0 x 568.0 x 207.0
With stand (mm)
8.1
Power requirement
42CS56**
42CS560-TD
42CS560Y-TD
1019.0 x 698.0 x 265.0
913.0 x 571.0 x 77.4
1019.0 x 631.0 x 76.5
12.8
15.1
11.1
13.4
AC 100-240 V~ 50 / 60 AC 100-240 V~ 50 / 60 AC 100-240 V~ 50 / 60
Hz
Hz
Hz
47CS56**
47CS560-TD
47CS560Y-TD
1132.0 x 762.0 x 265.0
Without stand (mm) 1132.0 x 695.0 x 76.5
19.0
With stand (kg)
Without stand (kg)
37CS56**
37CS560-TD
37CS560Y-TD
913.0 x 639.0 x 265.0
17.3
AC 100-240 V~ 50 / 60
Hz
SPECIFICATIONS
New Zealand,
Singapore
Operating temperature
0 °C to 40 °C
Operating humidity
Less than 80 %
Storage temperature
-20 °C to 60 °C
Storage humidity
Less than 85 %
Television System
Programme
Coverage
Australia
Television System
Programme
Coverage
Indonesia,
Israel, Myanmar,
Sri Lanka
Television System
Programme
Coverage
Vietnam,
Malaysia
Television System
Programme
Coverage
Iran, Algeria,
Tunisia, Digital
model
Television System
Programme
Coverage
Analogue model,
India, Thailand,
South Africa, --
Television System
Programme
Coverage
External Antenna
Impedance
Digital TV
Analogue TV
DVB-T
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I
UHF 21 to 69
DVB-T
VHF 06 to 12,
UHF 27 to 69
DVB-T
UHF 21 to 69
DVB-T
VHF 6 to 12,
UHF 21 to 69
DVB-T
VHF 5 to 12,
UHF 21 to 69
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
PAL B/B
B/B : VHF/UHF 0 to 75, CATV : 2 to
44
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
-
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
-
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
75 Ω
75 Ω
ENGLISH
ENG
Environment condition
27
28 SPECIFICATIONS
ENGLISH
ENG
HDMI/DVI-DTV supported mode
Horizontal
Frequency
(kHz)
Vertical
Frequency
(Hz)
31.469
31.5
59.94
60
720x576
31.25
50
1280x720
37.5
44.96
45
50
59.94
60
33.72
33.75
28.125
26.97
27
33.716
33.75
56.25
67.43
67.5
59.94
60
50
23.97
24
29.976
30.00
50
59.94
60
Resolution
720x480
1920x1080
Component port connecting information
Component ports on the TV
Y
PB
PR
Video output ports on DVD
player
Y
PB
PR
Y
B-Y
R-Y
Y
Cb
Cr
Y
Pb
Pr
Signal
Component
480i/576i
O
480p/576p
O
720p/1080i
O
1080p
O (50 Hz / 60 Hz only)
Record the model number and serial number of
the TV.
Refer to the label on the back cover and quote
this information to your dealer when requiring any
service.
MODEL
SERIAL
(Only DTV)
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ‪31‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻟﻮﺷﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻟﻮﺷﻦ‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻟﻮﺷﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ‪29‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪HDMI/DVI-DTV‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﻧﻨﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﻧﻨﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪DVD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪B-Y‬‬
‫‪R-Y‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪Cb‬‬
‫‪Cr‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪Pb‬‬
‫‪Pr‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﻧﻨﺖ‬
‫‪480i/576i‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪480p/576p‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪720p/1080i‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪1080p‬‬
‫‪ ٥٠) O‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻘﯽ)ﮐﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩی)ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪480x720‬‬
‫‪31,469‬‬
‫‪31,5‬‬
‫‪59,94‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪576x720‬‬
‫‪31,25‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪720x1280‬‬
‫‪37,5‬‬
‫‪44,96‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪59,94‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪1080x1920‬‬
‫‪33,72‬‬
‫‪33,75‬‬
‫‪28,125‬‬
‫‪26,97‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪33,716‬‬
‫‪33,75‬‬
‫‪56,25‬‬
‫‪67,43‬‬
‫‪67,5‬‬
‫‪59,94‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪23,97‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪29,976‬‬
‫‪30,00‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪59,94‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
27 ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎی ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ‬
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I
DVB-T
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
PAL B/B
B/B : VHF/UHF 0 to 75, CATV : 2 to
44
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
UHF 21 to 69
DVB-T
VHF 06 to 12,
UHF 27 to 69
DVB-T
UHF 21 to 69
DVB-T
VHF 6 to 12,
UHF 21 to 69
DVB-T
VHF 5 to 12,
UHF 21 to 69
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
،‫ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﻳﻴﻞ‬،‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﺰی‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻳﻼﻧﻜﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻟﺰی‬،‫ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
،‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺮﻩ‬،‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
-
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
BG : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
I : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
DK : VHF/UHF 1 to 69, CATV 01 to 47
M : VHF/UHF 2 to 78, CATV 01 to 71
-
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
75 Ω
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M
75 Ω
‫ ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮﺭ‬،‫ﺯﻻﻧﺪﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬، ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬
‫ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎی ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ‬، ‫ ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ‬،
-- ،
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺭﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻋﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﻃﻮﻝ(‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻋﺮﺽ ×‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﻃﻮﻝ(‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﻭ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ‪25‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ )ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ( ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮی ﺍﺯﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺜﻴﻔﯽ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺜﻴﻔﯽ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺗﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻙ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﺧﺶ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺜﻴﻔﯽ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﯽ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ (‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺑﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﯽ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ "ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ"ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ‪ /‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ RGB/HDMI‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﻚ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ SETTINGS‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ‪ Customer Support‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ی‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ User Guide‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ی ‪ OK‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻮﭼﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪23‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻫﺎی ﻧﻮ ﻭ ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺮژی ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ‪ DTV‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻻ ‪ /‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ‪ /‬ﭼﭗ ‪ /‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ AV‬ﻣﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪.HDMI-CEC‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮی ‪ SIMPLINK‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﻧﮕﯽ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫(‬
‫)‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺁﺑﯽ(‬
‫‪ :‬ﺯﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺰ‪،‬‬
‫) ‪ :‬ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی )‪ (MY MEDIA‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ‪SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻫﺎی )‪ 1.5‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ (AAA‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪RGB-PC‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫)‪(RGB/DVI‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪RGB IN (PC‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺍﭘﺘﻴﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺍﭘﺘﻴﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪AUDIO OUT‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL‬‬
‫‪DIGITAL‬‬
‫‪AUDIO OUT‬‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫)‪RGB OUT (PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺶ ﻣﻤﻮﺭی‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ‪ USB‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL‬‬
‫‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ‬
‫‪USB IN‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺍﭘﺘﻴﻜﺎﻝ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺻﺪﺍی ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ‪) ACP‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﭙﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ(‬
‫• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪21‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﻧﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﺯﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﻧﻨﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﺯﻳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫‪L/MONO AUDIO R‬‬
‫‪AV IN‬‬
‫‪L/MONO AUDIO R‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪AV IN‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺁﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺁﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪COMPONENT IN‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫ﺯﺭﺩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪COMPONENT IN‬‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫ﺯﺭﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪VCR / DVD / Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box‬‬
‫‪DVD/ Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ DVI‬ﺑﻪ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ DVI-HDMI‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ‪ HDMI‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ‪ HDMI‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫)‪(RGB/DVI‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪/ DVI IN‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪/ DVI IN‬‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪DVD/ Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box / HD STB / PC‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ HDMI‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﭘﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ‪) CEC‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ HDMI‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪1080p‬ﻭ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ‪ DTV‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫• ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ HDMI‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Dolby Digital‬ﻭ ‪) PCM‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪Up to 192‬‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪،32/44.1/48/88/96/176/192‬‬
‫‪AUDIO OUT‬‬
‫‪DVI OUT‬‬
‫‪DVD/ Blu-Ray / HD Cable Box / PC‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﺑﻪ ‪DVI‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ DOS‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪19‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫) ‪ 75‬ﺍﻫﻢ( ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی‬
‫‪ANTENNA /‬‬
‫‪CABLE IN‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ ، HD‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ ، DVD‬ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﮐﺎﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫‪ ، USB‬ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﺯی ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ DVD‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ DVD‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﮐﺎﺳﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﻳﺰﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﮕﻮی‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩی‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﺣﻴﺎء ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﭙﻴﻠﻴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﺮﺏ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻝ ﺟﯽ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .VESA‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺳﻘﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﻳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻝ ﺟﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ VESA‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪VESA‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭی ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی(‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫‪200 x 100 (A x B) VESA‬‬
‫‪M4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ‪LSW100B‬‬
‫‪200 x 200‬‬
‫‪M6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪LSW200BX‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪LSW220BX‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ‪17‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ Kensington‬ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍی ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍی‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍی ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍی ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﯽ ‪ Kensington‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﯽ ‪ Kensington‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﯽ ‪Kensington‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻴﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮی )ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ( ﺍﺯ‬‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ 20‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﭗ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ‪15‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪M4 x 20‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪M4 x 20‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺑﺎﻟﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺮﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 2‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻜﺴﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺍی‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭼﭗ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ‪13‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺲ ﮔﺮﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺮﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪I/‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺲ ﮔﺮ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ‪ -‬ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ OPTION‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻂ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬
‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻭﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ‪ GND‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫« ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻭﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ‪ GND‬ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی‬‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭی‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﭘﺲ ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
‫‪ANTENNA/‬‬
‫‪CABLE IN‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ‪ /‬ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺖ ﺗﺎپ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ /‬ﺟﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺖ ﺗﺎپ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪ -‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺴﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫)ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﮔﺎﻟﻮﺍﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ‪ EN 60728-11‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ‪ ، RF‬ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭی ﺍﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ‪11‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻼ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎﻙ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪M4 x 20, 8 EA‬‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 15‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻣﻴﺰی‬
‫(‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 16‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 12‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 18‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ‪ /‬ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 15‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪(AAA‬‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 23‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ /‬ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﮐﻤﯽ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺮژی ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺎﺭی ﺑﺮﻕ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻦ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﮐﻤﯽ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻃﻠﻖ ﻧﺎﺯﮐﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺭﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ HDMI‬ﻭﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 18‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﻮﺭی ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻚ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ USB 2.0‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫< ‪mm 10‬‬
‫*)‪= (A‬‬
‫< ‪mm 18‬‬
‫*)‪= (B‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭی ﮐﻤﻜﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻦ ﺁﻭﺭی ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﻜﯽ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮕﯽ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫)ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺒﺰ( ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎی ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮی ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻮﺩﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭼﭗ ‪ /‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ‪ /‬ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪ /‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺭﻡ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻮی ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍی ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﯽ(ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ )ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺍﻝ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻫﺎی ﭘﻼﺳﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ 4:3‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﯽ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﺮﻕ ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﻭﺯ ﻭﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ‪ /‬ﻫﻮﻡ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮی ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﮐﻤﯽ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﺎﺩی‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫• ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ‪ /‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻧﺼﺐ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬‫ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ )ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻤﺪ( ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﻓﺮﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎی ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺛﺮی ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﯽ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻻی ﺩﺭﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺗﻴﺰ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮی‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﮐﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﮔﯽ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺘﯽ(‬
‫• ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻮﻳﻴﭻ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﯽ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪) VESA‬ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﺷﻮﺩ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ )ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﺷﻮﺩ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮی ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺠﺮﺏ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 7‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺭﻳﺐ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎی ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻫﺎی ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻧﻮ ﻭ ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺘﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﯽ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﺭﻫﺎی ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩی ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻣﯽ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯی ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬‫ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬‫ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩی ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺣﺎﻭی ﺁﺏ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻫﺎﺩی ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺮﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﯽ ﺩﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺳﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺠﺎﻕ ﺳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﻭ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )ﺗﻴﻨﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ( ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍی ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺘﯽ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻫﺎی ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﻠﻌﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻠﻌﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫• ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻴﺴﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻫﺎی ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻠﻌﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻔﮕﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫• ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬‫ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﯽ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﻓﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﯽ‪.‬‬‫ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬‫ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺁﺏ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﯽ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺨﺎﺭی ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﺭی ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎی ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻧﻤﺎی ‪ www.lg.com‬ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ‪ DivX® :DIVX VIDEO‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ‪ .Rovi‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪ DivX‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪ DivX‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻧﻤﺎی ‪ divx.com‬ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ :DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺳﻤﯽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫‪ DivX VOD‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻧﻤﺎی ‪ divx.com‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ®‪ DivX‬ﺗﺎ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ‪ HD 1080p‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍی ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﺭﻡ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺟﺰﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ‪ Rovi Corporation‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺪ ‪ GPL, LGPL, MPL‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻧﻤﺎی ‪http://opensource.lge.com‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻴﻪ ﻫﺎی ﮐﭙﯽ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻝ ﺟﯽ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﻟﻮﺡ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍی ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺟﺮﺍی ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ )ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ( ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ opensource@lge.com‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ HDMI‬ﻭ ﺁﺭﻡ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ‪ High-Definition Multimedia Interface‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪HDMI Licensing LLC‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻻﺑﺮﺍﺗﻮﺁﺭﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﻟﺒﯽ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ Dolby‬ﻭ ‪ D‬ﺟﺰﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﻻﺑﺮﺍﺗﻮﺁﺭﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﻟﺒﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.Dolby Laboratories‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ DVI‬ﺑﻪ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﻧﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻮﺯﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪RGB-PC‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺍﭘﺘﻴﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺮگ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﻚ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪www.lg.com‬‬
Download PDF